considerations for selecting and using multimode fiber

32
SPONSORED BY: EDITORIAL GUIDE Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber A network manager’s choice to use multimode ber-optic cable does not end the decision-making process. Next come considerations including cabling- system architecture, compatibility issues, conn ector styles, and the t ype of multimode to use—including core size, bandwidth and bend sensitivity. This Cabling Installation & Maintenan ce editorial g uide presen ts i nforma tion that will help netwo rk managers choose the specic type of ber-optic cabling system that best suits their needs.  2 Opti cal ber cabling and  component specication considerations 13 Mak ing the switch from 62.5- to 50-micron ber 20 Com patibility issues with bend-insensitive and  standard multimode

Upload: pop-coman-simion

Post on 01-Jun-2018

223 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 132

SPONSORED BY

EDITORIAL GUIDE

Considerationsfor Selectingand UsingMultimode FiberA network managerrsquos choice to use

multimode fiber-optic cable does not

end the decision-making process Next

come considerations including cabling-system architecture compatibility

issues connector styles and the type

of multimode to usemdashincluding core

size bandwidth and bend sensitivity

This Cabling Installation amp Maintenance

editorial guide presents information that

will help network managers choose the

specific type of fiber-optic cabling system

that best suits their needs

2 Optical fiber cablingand componentspecification

considerations

13Making the switchfrom 625- to50-micron fiber

20Compatibility issuewith bend-insensitand standard

multimode

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 232Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

2

Optical fiber cabling and

component specificationconsiderations

Put optical theory into practice for

optimal network performance

by Valerie Maguire

UNLIKE BALANCED TWISTED-

PAIR media optical fiber cabling

can be considered application-

dependent media This means that

considerations such as distance application

and equipment cost play a role in the media

selection process

The Telecommunications Industry Association

(TIA) and the International Organization

for Standardization (ISO) through reference

to specifications from the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

and the International Telecommunication Union (ITU-T) recognize six grades

of multimode and singlemode optical fiber as shown in the table on page 3

Physical dimensions related to the optical fiber eg diameter non-circularityand mechanical requirements as well as optical specifications such as

attenuation and bandwidth are specified It is important to keep in mind that

these specifications are for the ldquorawrdquo optical fiber before it is subjected to the

cabling process TIA and ISO use these optical fiber requirements to then specify

requirements for OM1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 and OS2 optical fiber cables and

cabling

The XLR8 tool from Siemon combinessplice activation and mechanical

crimping into a single step enabling

quick and reliable field termination of LC

and SC connectors

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 332

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

While media selection may seem onerous comparing the throughput and

distance needs in your target environment against performance parameters is

a good way to initiate the selection process Although such comparisons may

lead to the conclusion that singlemode fiber is the optimum medium under all

scenarios there are tradeoffs to consider related to the cost of optoelectronics

and application implementation

In particular singlemode optoelectronics rely on much more powerful and precise

light sources and can cost 2 to 4 times more than multimode optoelectronics

Also multimode media is typically easier to terminate and install in the field

than singlemode Additionally it is always more cost-effective to transmit at

850 nm for multimode applications and at 1310 nm for singlemode applicationsFinally optoelectronics that use multiple transmit lasers (eg 10GBase-LX4 uses

four separate laser sources per fiber) or other multiplexing techniques cost

significantly more than optoelectronics that transmit over one wavelength

A good rule of thumb is to consider multimode fiber to be the most cost-effective

choice for applications up to 550 meters in length

Supportable application distances by fiber type (meters)

Application OM 1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 OS2

Wavelength 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 1310 1550

FDDI PMD 2000 2000 2000 2000

FDDI SMF-PMD 10000

10100Base-SX 300 300 300 300

100Base-FX 2000 2000 2000 2000

1000Base-SX 275 550 800 800

1000Base-LX 550 550 800 800 5000

10GBase-S 33 82 300 550

10GBase-LX4 300 300 300 300 10000

10GBase-L 10000

10GBase-LRM 220 220 220 220

10GBase-E 40000

40GBase-SR4 100 125

40GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-SR10 100 125

100GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-ER4 30000

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 432

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Optical fiber cabling configurations

Optical fiber cabling is typically deployed in pairs one fiber is used to transmit

and the other is used to receive Due to its extended distance support of

applications compared to balanced twisted-pair cabling optical fiber cabling

is the perfect media for use in customer-owned outside plant (OSP) backbone

cabling and centralized cabling applications

Customer-owned OSP cabling is deployed between buildings in a campus

environment and includes the terminating connecting hardware at or within the

structures Interestingly customer-owned OSP cabling is typically intended to

have a useful life in excess of 30 years so great care should be taken to specify

robust cabling media Requirements pertaining to customer-owned outside plantcabling and pathways can be found in ANSITIA-758-A and BS EN 50174-3

Backbone cabling is deployed between entrance facilities access-provider

spaces service-provider spaces common equipment rooms common

telecommunications rooms equipment rooms telecommunications rooms and

telecommunications enclosures within a commercial building Backbone cabling

must be configured in a star topology and may contain one (main) or two (main

and intermediate) levels of crossconnects Backbone cabling requirements are

specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Centralized optical fiber cabling may be deployed as an alternative to the optical

crossconnect to support centralized electronics deployment in single-tenant

buildings Centralized optical fiber cabling supports direct connections from the

work area to the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and the use

of an interconnect or splice in the telecommunications room or enclosure Note

that the maximum allowed distance of the pull-through cable between the work

area and the centralized crossconnect is 90 meters (295 feet) Centralized cablingrequirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC

11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cabling may also be used in the horizontal cabling infrastructure

although there are no provisions allowing extended distance in the TIA and ISO

standards

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 532

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Horizontal cabling is deployed between the work area and the telecommunications

room or enclosure Horizontal cabling includes the connector and cords at the

work area and the optical fiber patch panel A full crossconnect or interconnect

may be deployed along with an optional multi-user telecommunications outlet

assembly (MUTOA) or consolidation point (CP) for a total of four connectors in the

channel The maximum horizontal cable length shall be 90 meters (295 feet) and

the total length of work area cords patch cords or jumpers and equipment cords

shall be 10 meters (32 feet) for both optical fiber and balanced twisted-pair cabling

channels Horizontal cabling requirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0

ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cableThe optical fiber that enables light transmission is actually an assembly of three

subcomponents the core the cladding and the coating The core is made of

glass (or more accurately silica) and is the medium through which the light

propagates The core may have an overall diameter of 9 microm for singlemode or 50

microm or 625 microm for multimode transmission Surrounding the glass is a second

layer of glass with a vastly different index of refraction that focuses and contains

the light by reflecting it back into the core This second layer is called the

cladding and regardless of the glass core construction has an overall diameter

of 125 microm Combining the core and cladding diameters is the source of optical

fiber descriptors such as 50125 microm or 625125 microm that are applied to optical

fibers commonly used for telecommunications applications The purpose of the

outermost layer called the coating is to add strength and build up the outer

diameter to a manageable 250-microm diameter (about three times the diameter of

a human hair) The coating is not glass but rather a protective polymer such as

urethane acrylate that may be optionally colored for identification purposes

Cabling optical fibers makes them easier to handle facilitates connectortermination provides protection and increases strength and durability The

cabling process differs depending upon whether the optical fibers are intended for

use in indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor environments

Indoor optical fiber cables are suitable for inside (including riser and plenum)

building applications To facilitate connector terminations a 900microm plastic

buffer is applied over the optical fiber core cladding and coating subassembly

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 232Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

2

Optical fiber cabling and

component specificationconsiderations

Put optical theory into practice for

optimal network performance

by Valerie Maguire

UNLIKE BALANCED TWISTED-

PAIR media optical fiber cabling

can be considered application-

dependent media This means that

considerations such as distance application

and equipment cost play a role in the media

selection process

The Telecommunications Industry Association

(TIA) and the International Organization

for Standardization (ISO) through reference

to specifications from the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

and the International Telecommunication Union (ITU-T) recognize six grades

of multimode and singlemode optical fiber as shown in the table on page 3

Physical dimensions related to the optical fiber eg diameter non-circularityand mechanical requirements as well as optical specifications such as

attenuation and bandwidth are specified It is important to keep in mind that

these specifications are for the ldquorawrdquo optical fiber before it is subjected to the

cabling process TIA and ISO use these optical fiber requirements to then specify

requirements for OM1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 and OS2 optical fiber cables and

cabling

The XLR8 tool from Siemon combinessplice activation and mechanical

crimping into a single step enabling

quick and reliable field termination of LC

and SC connectors

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 332

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

While media selection may seem onerous comparing the throughput and

distance needs in your target environment against performance parameters is

a good way to initiate the selection process Although such comparisons may

lead to the conclusion that singlemode fiber is the optimum medium under all

scenarios there are tradeoffs to consider related to the cost of optoelectronics

and application implementation

In particular singlemode optoelectronics rely on much more powerful and precise

light sources and can cost 2 to 4 times more than multimode optoelectronics

Also multimode media is typically easier to terminate and install in the field

than singlemode Additionally it is always more cost-effective to transmit at

850 nm for multimode applications and at 1310 nm for singlemode applicationsFinally optoelectronics that use multiple transmit lasers (eg 10GBase-LX4 uses

four separate laser sources per fiber) or other multiplexing techniques cost

significantly more than optoelectronics that transmit over one wavelength

A good rule of thumb is to consider multimode fiber to be the most cost-effective

choice for applications up to 550 meters in length

Supportable application distances by fiber type (meters)

Application OM 1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 OS2

Wavelength 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 1310 1550

FDDI PMD 2000 2000 2000 2000

FDDI SMF-PMD 10000

10100Base-SX 300 300 300 300

100Base-FX 2000 2000 2000 2000

1000Base-SX 275 550 800 800

1000Base-LX 550 550 800 800 5000

10GBase-S 33 82 300 550

10GBase-LX4 300 300 300 300 10000

10GBase-L 10000

10GBase-LRM 220 220 220 220

10GBase-E 40000

40GBase-SR4 100 125

40GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-SR10 100 125

100GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-ER4 30000

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 432

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Optical fiber cabling configurations

Optical fiber cabling is typically deployed in pairs one fiber is used to transmit

and the other is used to receive Due to its extended distance support of

applications compared to balanced twisted-pair cabling optical fiber cabling

is the perfect media for use in customer-owned outside plant (OSP) backbone

cabling and centralized cabling applications

Customer-owned OSP cabling is deployed between buildings in a campus

environment and includes the terminating connecting hardware at or within the

structures Interestingly customer-owned OSP cabling is typically intended to

have a useful life in excess of 30 years so great care should be taken to specify

robust cabling media Requirements pertaining to customer-owned outside plantcabling and pathways can be found in ANSITIA-758-A and BS EN 50174-3

Backbone cabling is deployed between entrance facilities access-provider

spaces service-provider spaces common equipment rooms common

telecommunications rooms equipment rooms telecommunications rooms and

telecommunications enclosures within a commercial building Backbone cabling

must be configured in a star topology and may contain one (main) or two (main

and intermediate) levels of crossconnects Backbone cabling requirements are

specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Centralized optical fiber cabling may be deployed as an alternative to the optical

crossconnect to support centralized electronics deployment in single-tenant

buildings Centralized optical fiber cabling supports direct connections from the

work area to the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and the use

of an interconnect or splice in the telecommunications room or enclosure Note

that the maximum allowed distance of the pull-through cable between the work

area and the centralized crossconnect is 90 meters (295 feet) Centralized cablingrequirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC

11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cabling may also be used in the horizontal cabling infrastructure

although there are no provisions allowing extended distance in the TIA and ISO

standards

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 532

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Horizontal cabling is deployed between the work area and the telecommunications

room or enclosure Horizontal cabling includes the connector and cords at the

work area and the optical fiber patch panel A full crossconnect or interconnect

may be deployed along with an optional multi-user telecommunications outlet

assembly (MUTOA) or consolidation point (CP) for a total of four connectors in the

channel The maximum horizontal cable length shall be 90 meters (295 feet) and

the total length of work area cords patch cords or jumpers and equipment cords

shall be 10 meters (32 feet) for both optical fiber and balanced twisted-pair cabling

channels Horizontal cabling requirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0

ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cableThe optical fiber that enables light transmission is actually an assembly of three

subcomponents the core the cladding and the coating The core is made of

glass (or more accurately silica) and is the medium through which the light

propagates The core may have an overall diameter of 9 microm for singlemode or 50

microm or 625 microm for multimode transmission Surrounding the glass is a second

layer of glass with a vastly different index of refraction that focuses and contains

the light by reflecting it back into the core This second layer is called the

cladding and regardless of the glass core construction has an overall diameter

of 125 microm Combining the core and cladding diameters is the source of optical

fiber descriptors such as 50125 microm or 625125 microm that are applied to optical

fibers commonly used for telecommunications applications The purpose of the

outermost layer called the coating is to add strength and build up the outer

diameter to a manageable 250-microm diameter (about three times the diameter of

a human hair) The coating is not glass but rather a protective polymer such as

urethane acrylate that may be optionally colored for identification purposes

Cabling optical fibers makes them easier to handle facilitates connectortermination provides protection and increases strength and durability The

cabling process differs depending upon whether the optical fibers are intended for

use in indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor environments

Indoor optical fiber cables are suitable for inside (including riser and plenum)

building applications To facilitate connector terminations a 900microm plastic

buffer is applied over the optical fiber core cladding and coating subassembly

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 332

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

While media selection may seem onerous comparing the throughput and

distance needs in your target environment against performance parameters is

a good way to initiate the selection process Although such comparisons may

lead to the conclusion that singlemode fiber is the optimum medium under all

scenarios there are tradeoffs to consider related to the cost of optoelectronics

and application implementation

In particular singlemode optoelectronics rely on much more powerful and precise

light sources and can cost 2 to 4 times more than multimode optoelectronics

Also multimode media is typically easier to terminate and install in the field

than singlemode Additionally it is always more cost-effective to transmit at

850 nm for multimode applications and at 1310 nm for singlemode applicationsFinally optoelectronics that use multiple transmit lasers (eg 10GBase-LX4 uses

four separate laser sources per fiber) or other multiplexing techniques cost

significantly more than optoelectronics that transmit over one wavelength

A good rule of thumb is to consider multimode fiber to be the most cost-effective

choice for applications up to 550 meters in length

Supportable application distances by fiber type (meters)

Application OM 1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 OS2

Wavelength 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 850 1300 1310 1550

FDDI PMD 2000 2000 2000 2000

FDDI SMF-PMD 10000

10100Base-SX 300 300 300 300

100Base-FX 2000 2000 2000 2000

1000Base-SX 275 550 800 800

1000Base-LX 550 550 800 800 5000

10GBase-S 33 82 300 550

10GBase-LX4 300 300 300 300 10000

10GBase-L 10000

10GBase-LRM 220 220 220 220

10GBase-E 40000

40GBase-SR4 100 125

40GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-SR10 100 125

100GBase-LR4 10000

100GBase-ER4 30000

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 432

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Optical fiber cabling configurations

Optical fiber cabling is typically deployed in pairs one fiber is used to transmit

and the other is used to receive Due to its extended distance support of

applications compared to balanced twisted-pair cabling optical fiber cabling

is the perfect media for use in customer-owned outside plant (OSP) backbone

cabling and centralized cabling applications

Customer-owned OSP cabling is deployed between buildings in a campus

environment and includes the terminating connecting hardware at or within the

structures Interestingly customer-owned OSP cabling is typically intended to

have a useful life in excess of 30 years so great care should be taken to specify

robust cabling media Requirements pertaining to customer-owned outside plantcabling and pathways can be found in ANSITIA-758-A and BS EN 50174-3

Backbone cabling is deployed between entrance facilities access-provider

spaces service-provider spaces common equipment rooms common

telecommunications rooms equipment rooms telecommunications rooms and

telecommunications enclosures within a commercial building Backbone cabling

must be configured in a star topology and may contain one (main) or two (main

and intermediate) levels of crossconnects Backbone cabling requirements are

specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Centralized optical fiber cabling may be deployed as an alternative to the optical

crossconnect to support centralized electronics deployment in single-tenant

buildings Centralized optical fiber cabling supports direct connections from the

work area to the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and the use

of an interconnect or splice in the telecommunications room or enclosure Note

that the maximum allowed distance of the pull-through cable between the work

area and the centralized crossconnect is 90 meters (295 feet) Centralized cablingrequirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC

11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cabling may also be used in the horizontal cabling infrastructure

although there are no provisions allowing extended distance in the TIA and ISO

standards

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 532

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Horizontal cabling is deployed between the work area and the telecommunications

room or enclosure Horizontal cabling includes the connector and cords at the

work area and the optical fiber patch panel A full crossconnect or interconnect

may be deployed along with an optional multi-user telecommunications outlet

assembly (MUTOA) or consolidation point (CP) for a total of four connectors in the

channel The maximum horizontal cable length shall be 90 meters (295 feet) and

the total length of work area cords patch cords or jumpers and equipment cords

shall be 10 meters (32 feet) for both optical fiber and balanced twisted-pair cabling

channels Horizontal cabling requirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0

ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cableThe optical fiber that enables light transmission is actually an assembly of three

subcomponents the core the cladding and the coating The core is made of

glass (or more accurately silica) and is the medium through which the light

propagates The core may have an overall diameter of 9 microm for singlemode or 50

microm or 625 microm for multimode transmission Surrounding the glass is a second

layer of glass with a vastly different index of refraction that focuses and contains

the light by reflecting it back into the core This second layer is called the

cladding and regardless of the glass core construction has an overall diameter

of 125 microm Combining the core and cladding diameters is the source of optical

fiber descriptors such as 50125 microm or 625125 microm that are applied to optical

fibers commonly used for telecommunications applications The purpose of the

outermost layer called the coating is to add strength and build up the outer

diameter to a manageable 250-microm diameter (about three times the diameter of

a human hair) The coating is not glass but rather a protective polymer such as

urethane acrylate that may be optionally colored for identification purposes

Cabling optical fibers makes them easier to handle facilitates connectortermination provides protection and increases strength and durability The

cabling process differs depending upon whether the optical fibers are intended for

use in indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor environments

Indoor optical fiber cables are suitable for inside (including riser and plenum)

building applications To facilitate connector terminations a 900microm plastic

buffer is applied over the optical fiber core cladding and coating subassembly

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 432

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Optical fiber cabling configurations

Optical fiber cabling is typically deployed in pairs one fiber is used to transmit

and the other is used to receive Due to its extended distance support of

applications compared to balanced twisted-pair cabling optical fiber cabling

is the perfect media for use in customer-owned outside plant (OSP) backbone

cabling and centralized cabling applications

Customer-owned OSP cabling is deployed between buildings in a campus

environment and includes the terminating connecting hardware at or within the

structures Interestingly customer-owned OSP cabling is typically intended to

have a useful life in excess of 30 years so great care should be taken to specify

robust cabling media Requirements pertaining to customer-owned outside plantcabling and pathways can be found in ANSITIA-758-A and BS EN 50174-3

Backbone cabling is deployed between entrance facilities access-provider

spaces service-provider spaces common equipment rooms common

telecommunications rooms equipment rooms telecommunications rooms and

telecommunications enclosures within a commercial building Backbone cabling

must be configured in a star topology and may contain one (main) or two (main

and intermediate) levels of crossconnects Backbone cabling requirements are

specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Centralized optical fiber cabling may be deployed as an alternative to the optical

crossconnect to support centralized electronics deployment in single-tenant

buildings Centralized optical fiber cabling supports direct connections from the

work area to the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and the use

of an interconnect or splice in the telecommunications room or enclosure Note

that the maximum allowed distance of the pull-through cable between the work

area and the centralized crossconnect is 90 meters (295 feet) Centralized cablingrequirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0 ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC

11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cabling may also be used in the horizontal cabling infrastructure

although there are no provisions allowing extended distance in the TIA and ISO

standards

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 532

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Horizontal cabling is deployed between the work area and the telecommunications

room or enclosure Horizontal cabling includes the connector and cords at the

work area and the optical fiber patch panel A full crossconnect or interconnect

may be deployed along with an optional multi-user telecommunications outlet

assembly (MUTOA) or consolidation point (CP) for a total of four connectors in the

channel The maximum horizontal cable length shall be 90 meters (295 feet) and

the total length of work area cords patch cords or jumpers and equipment cords

shall be 10 meters (32 feet) for both optical fiber and balanced twisted-pair cabling

channels Horizontal cabling requirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0

ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cableThe optical fiber that enables light transmission is actually an assembly of three

subcomponents the core the cladding and the coating The core is made of

glass (or more accurately silica) and is the medium through which the light

propagates The core may have an overall diameter of 9 microm for singlemode or 50

microm or 625 microm for multimode transmission Surrounding the glass is a second

layer of glass with a vastly different index of refraction that focuses and contains

the light by reflecting it back into the core This second layer is called the

cladding and regardless of the glass core construction has an overall diameter

of 125 microm Combining the core and cladding diameters is the source of optical

fiber descriptors such as 50125 microm or 625125 microm that are applied to optical

fibers commonly used for telecommunications applications The purpose of the

outermost layer called the coating is to add strength and build up the outer

diameter to a manageable 250-microm diameter (about three times the diameter of

a human hair) The coating is not glass but rather a protective polymer such as

urethane acrylate that may be optionally colored for identification purposes

Cabling optical fibers makes them easier to handle facilitates connectortermination provides protection and increases strength and durability The

cabling process differs depending upon whether the optical fibers are intended for

use in indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor environments

Indoor optical fiber cables are suitable for inside (including riser and plenum)

building applications To facilitate connector terminations a 900microm plastic

buffer is applied over the optical fiber core cladding and coating subassembly

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 532

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Horizontal cabling is deployed between the work area and the telecommunications

room or enclosure Horizontal cabling includes the connector and cords at the

work area and the optical fiber patch panel A full crossconnect or interconnect

may be deployed along with an optional multi-user telecommunications outlet

assembly (MUTOA) or consolidation point (CP) for a total of four connectors in the

channel The maximum horizontal cable length shall be 90 meters (295 feet) and

the total length of work area cords patch cords or jumpers and equipment cords

shall be 10 meters (32 feet) for both optical fiber and balanced twisted-pair cabling

channels Horizontal cabling requirements are specified in ANSITIA-568-C0

ANSITIA-568-C1 and ISOIEC 11801 Ed20

Optical fiber cableThe optical fiber that enables light transmission is actually an assembly of three

subcomponents the core the cladding and the coating The core is made of

glass (or more accurately silica) and is the medium through which the light

propagates The core may have an overall diameter of 9 microm for singlemode or 50

microm or 625 microm for multimode transmission Surrounding the glass is a second

layer of glass with a vastly different index of refraction that focuses and contains

the light by reflecting it back into the core This second layer is called the

cladding and regardless of the glass core construction has an overall diameter

of 125 microm Combining the core and cladding diameters is the source of optical

fiber descriptors such as 50125 microm or 625125 microm that are applied to optical

fibers commonly used for telecommunications applications The purpose of the

outermost layer called the coating is to add strength and build up the outer

diameter to a manageable 250-microm diameter (about three times the diameter of

a human hair) The coating is not glass but rather a protective polymer such as

urethane acrylate that may be optionally colored for identification purposes

Cabling optical fibers makes them easier to handle facilitates connectortermination provides protection and increases strength and durability The

cabling process differs depending upon whether the optical fibers are intended for

use in indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor environments

Indoor optical fiber cables are suitable for inside (including riser and plenum)

building applications To facilitate connector terminations a 900microm plastic

buffer is applied over the optical fiber core cladding and coating subassembly

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 632

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

to create a tight buffered fiber Up to 12 tight buffered fibers are then encircled

with aramid yarns for strength and then enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket to form a finished optical fiber cable For indoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups of jacketed optical fiber cables (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together with a central strength member (for support

and to maintain cable geometry) and are enclosed by an overall flame-retardant

thermoplastic jacket Supported fiber counts are typically between 2 and 144

Outdoor (also known as outside plant or OSP) optical fiber cables are used

outside of the building and are suitable for lashed aerial duct and underground

conduit applications To protect the optical fiber core from water and freezing

up to 12 250-microm optical fiber cores are enclosed in a loose buffer tube that isfilled with water-blocking gel For up to 12-fiber applications the gel-filled loose

tube is encircled with water-blocking tapes and aramid yarns and enclosed

within an overall ultraviolet and

water-resistant black polyolefin

jacket For outdoor cables with

higher than 12-fiber counts groups

of loose buffer tubes (typically 6- or

12-fiber count) are bundled together

with a central strength member and

water-blocking tapes and aramid

yarns and then enclosed within

an overall ultraviolet and water-

resistant black polyolefin jacket

Corrugated aluminum interlocking

steel armor or dual jackets may be

applied for additional protection

against crushing and rodent damageSupported fiber counts are typically

between 12 and 144

Indooroutdoor optical fiber cables offer the ultraviolet and water resistance

benefits of outdoor optical fiber cables combined with a fire-retardant jacket that

allows the cable to be deployed inside the building entrance facility beyond the

maximum 152-meter (50-foot) distance that is specified for OSP cables Note that

Several of the optical interconnection technologies

described in this article are shown here Clockwise

from upper left are MTPMPO-style trunking

cable assemblies duplex LC-connected optical fiber

cables plug-and-play array modules (one with

MPOMTP-style connectors showing and the otherwith LC connectors showing) and a pass-through

adapter plate

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 732

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

there is no length limitation in

countries outside of the United

States that do not specify riser-

or plenum-rated cabling The

advantage of using indoor

outdoor optical fiber cables

in this scenario is that the

number of transition splices

and hardware connections is

reduced Indooroutdoor optical

fiber cables are similar in

construction to outdoor opticalfiber cables except that the 250-

microm optical fiber cores may be

either tight buffered or enclosed

within loose buffer tubes Loose

tube indooroutdoor optical fiber

cables have a smaller overall

diameter than tight buffered

indooroutdoor optical fiber cables however tight buffered indooroutdoor cables

are typically more convenient to terminate because they do not contain water-

blocking gel or require the use of breakout kits (described later)

Optical fiber interconnections

Unlike the plug-and-jack combination that makes up a mated balanced

twisted-pair connection an interconnection is used to mate two tight-buffered

optical fibers An optical fiber interconnection typically consists of two plugs

(connectors) that are aligned in a nose-to-nose orientation and held in place with

an adapter (also called a coupler or bulkhead) The performance of the opticalfiber interconnection is highly reliant upon the connectorrsquos internal ferrule and

the adapterrsquos alignment sleeve These components work in tandem to retain

and properly align the optical fibers in the plug-adapter-plug configuration The

internal connector ferrule is fabricated using a high-precision manufacturing

process to ensure that the optical fiber is properly seated and its position is tightly

controlled The high tolerances of the alignment sleeve ensure that the optical

fibers held in place by the ferrule are aligned as perfectly as possible Although

Equipment cord connected tocentralized equipment

Horizontal cable90 m (295 ft max)

Telecommunications

room (TR)

Work area (WA)

Work areaequipment

cord

Work area outlet

Centralized optical fiber cabling usingan interconnection

Equipmentroom

Shown here is a typical schematic for centralized optical

fiber cabling using an interconnection the centralized

system supports direct connections from the work area to

the centralized crossconnect via a pull-through cable and

the interconnect

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 832

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

more expensive ceramic alignment sleeves maintain slightly tighter tolerances

than metal or plastic alignment sleeves are not as susceptible to performance

variations due to temperature fluctuations and may be specified for extremely

low-loss applications

Accurate plug-adapter-plug alignment minimizes light energy lost at the optical

fiber interconnection and maintaining precision tolerances becomes especially

critical as the optical fiber diameter decreases For example if two 625-microm

optical fibers are off-center by 4 microm in opposite directions then 13 of the light

energy escapes or is lost at the interconnection point This same misalignment

in a 9-microm singlemode fiber would result in almost a total loss of light energy

The critical nature of the core alignment is the reason why different optical fibertypes including 625-microm and 50-microm multimode fiber should never be mixed in

the same link or channel

Optical fiber breakout kits are used to facilitate termination of loose-tube optical

fibers used in indooroutdoor and outdoor applications Once the water-blocking

gel is thoroughly removed from the optical fibers the breakout kit allows furcation

tubes (typically 12mm to 30mm in diameter) to be installed over the 250-microm

optical fibers increasing the diameter and forming a short ldquojacketrdquo so that the

optical fibers may be terminated to the desired optical fiber connector Selection of

the correct furcation tube ensures compatibility with all optical fiber connectors

Users can choose from many optical fiber connector options

Traditional optical fiber connectors are represented by the SC and ST connector

styles These two types of optical fiber connectors were recognized when optical

fiber cabling was described in

the first published TIA and ISOIEC telecommunications cabling

standards The ST connector

Cladding

Core

Optical fiber cross-section

Core

Diameter

9m 50m or 625m

125m

Coating

250m

Cladding

Coating

Singlemode fiber cores are 9 microm in

diameter while multimode fiber cores may

be 50 or 625 microm Regardless of core size

the cladding is 125 microm and the coating

250 microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 932

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1032

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

0

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

12-fiber MPOMTP interfaces with 24 LC connections or one 12-fiber MPOMTP

interface with 12 SC or LC connections

Optical fiber cabling deployment

The most common optical fiber cabling deployment approach is to field terminate

the optical fiber connectors to the optical fiber cable using the appropriate epoxy

polish or no-epoxyno-polish mechanical termination method However the

new MPOMTP plug-and-play modules and MPOMTP array connectors are not

supported by field termination and there are considerations such as installer

expertise and the IT construction

upgrade schedule that may favor the

use of factory-terminated pigtailsor trunking assemblies over field

termination methods

The pros and cons of these termination

methods are described here

Field termination supports the lowest

raw material cost for SC ST LC and

MT-RJ optical fiber cabling systems

However the time needed for field

termination is the longest of the three

deployment options and installer

skill-level requirements are higher

which may increase the project

installation costs No-epoxyno-polish

and certain mechanical-splice-style

termination methods require lessinstallation skill than the epoxypolish method however the connectors used in

conjunction with mechanical termination methods are more expensive and the

performance (especially using the no-epoxyno-polish method) may be lower

and more variable

Optical fiber pigtails feature a factory preterminated and tested SC ST LC or MT-

RJ optical fiber connector and a 1-meter stub of 625125-microm multimode 50125-

Tight-buffered

Loose-tube

Sample optical fiber cable constructions

Jacket

Rip cord

Central strength member

Aramid yarns

Color coded tight-bufferedfibers and jackets

Water-blocking swellabletape

Gel-filled tubes

Water-blocking aramid yarn

Central strength memberRip cord

Aramid yarns

Color-coded fibers and tubes

Jacket

The environment in which the fiber cable will be

used eg indoor or outdoor will determine the

cablersquos construction and the treatment of the

fibers within that cable

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1132

Optical fiber cabling and component specification considerations

1

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

microm multimode or singlemode optical fiber The stub end of the pigtail is then

fusion-spliced to the optical fiber Fusion splicing provides a consistent nearly

loss-free termination and can be fast with proper technicians and equipment

The main benefits to this approach are the assurance of low-loss performance at

the interconnection and the elimination of the need for endface inspections and

possible connector reterminations

Trunking cable assemblies provide an efficient alternative to field-terminated

components or splice connections and allow up to 75 faster field deployment

times Trunking cable assemblies are custom factory preterminated and tested

lengths of optical fiber cable terminated on both ends with SC ST LC MT-RJ or

MPOMTP optical fiber connectors that are simply pulled and plugged in Whendeploying trunking cable assemblies cable-length specification is critical and

precise planning is required up front Trunking cable assemblies that have an

MPOMTP connector on one or both ends are commonly referred to as ldquoplug-

and-playrdquo cable assemblies MPOMTP plug-and-play cable assemblies have the

smallest connector profile and therefore have the smallest pathway cabinet and

rack-space requirements of all trunking cable assembly options

Always maintain the fibersrsquo polarity to ensure the transmit fiber is matched to

the receive port on each end of the link or channel

Valerie Maguire is a Global Sales Engineer with Siemon

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1232

1010100000001111011111100101010101001010

1010000001110101010101000101010001010101

0101001010101010010100101010101000000011

1101111110010101010100101010100000011101

0101010100010101000101010101010010101010

1001010010101010100000001111011111100101

0101010010101010000001110101010101000101

010001010101010100101010101001010010101

0101000000011110111111001010101010010101

0100101010000000111101111110010101010100

1010101000000111010101010100010101000101

010101010010101010100101001010101010000

0001111011111100101010101001010101000000

1110101010101000101010001010101010100101

0101010010100101010101000000011110111111

0010101010100101010100000011101010101010

0010101000101010101010010101010100101001

0101010100000001111011111100101010101001

01010100101010000000111101111110010101010

Is there a hole in your

fiberrsquos performance

If itrsquos not OFS multimode fiber there could be OFSrsquo

manufacturing process virtually eliminates defects in the

fiber core with a DMD specified in the 0-5 micron range

That means double the bandwidth for lasers that launch

power in the fiberrsquos center while providing fast reliable

transmission and easier connectivity To learn more ask

your cabler about OFS or visit wwwofsopticscomfiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1332Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

3

Making the switch from

625- to 50-micron fiber

What to do and what not to do when opting

for higher-bandwidth 50-micron multimode

By John Kamino

MULTIMODE FIBER SYSTEMS continue to provide the most cost-

effective cabling solution for data centers local area networks

(LANs) and other enterprise applications Compared to singlemode

fiber multimode systems offer significantly lower costs for

transceivers connectors and connector installation while meeting and exceeding

the bandwidth and reliability requirements of the most demanding networks

If you are designing a new short-reach installation you will probably choose laser-

optimized 50-micron (microm) OM3 or OM4 multimode fiber These fibers preserve the

systems-cost benefits over singlemode fiber by using low-cost 850-nm vertical-

cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) technology are capable of 10-Mbitsec

through 10-Gbitsec operation and will support upcoming 40- and 100-Gbitsec

transmission speeds

But if you are upgrading an existing system many of which have 625-microm

multimode already installed should you stick with 625-microm Or can you go with

the higher performance of 50-microm OM3 or OM4 fiber This article highlights thethings you must consider when upgrading an existing 625-microm system

Why two fiber sizes

The numbers under discussionmdash50-microm and 625-micrommdashrefer to the diameter of

the fiberrsquos core through which light signals are transmitted The first optical

fibers deployed in the 1970s for both short- and long-reach applications were

50-microm multimode fibers In the early 1980s singlemode fiber replaced 50-microm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1432

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

4

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

fiber in longer-distance installations However 50-microm multimode continued to be

more cost-effective for short-reach interconnects such as building and campus

backbones up to 2000-meter distances

But as data rates increased 50-microm fiber could not support 10-Mbitsec rates overthe 2-kilometer distances required by some campus installations Not enough

power could be coupled from the light-emitting diode (LED) sources in use at that

time into the 50-microm core to support these link distances

625-microm multimode fiber was introduced in 1985 to solve this problem It could

capture more light from a LED in its larger core and 2-km campus links operating

at 10 Mbitssec were easily supported Also the larger-core fiber was easier to

cable and connectorize It became the most commonly used fiber for short-reach

enterprise applications in North America

Today as data rates surpass 10-Gbitssec and lasers have replaced LEDs 625-microm

fiber has reached its performance limit 50-microm fiber offers as much as 10 times

the bandwidth of the 625-microm fiber Whatrsquos more improvements in technology

have made 50-microm fiber easier to use

Multimode fiber choices today

To consider making the switch from 625-microm to 50-microm multimode it is importantto first understand the terminology used to designate the various performance

grades of multimode fiber In each of these designations ldquoOMrdquo stands for ldquooptical

multimoderdquo For example OM1 is the designation for fiber with 200500 MHz-

km overfilled launch (OFL) bandwidth at 8501300 nm this typically is 625microm

fiber OM2 is used for fiber with 500500 MHz-km OFL bandwidth at 8501300 nm

(typically 50-microm fiber)

Fiberdesignation

EMB (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 850 nm

OFL (in MHz∙km) 1300 nm

OM1 (625) NA 200 500

OM2 (50) NA 500 500

OM3 (laser-

optimized 50) 2000 1500 500

OM4 (laser-

optimized 50) 4700 3500 500

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1532

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

5

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

More-recent additions are OM3 for laser-optimized 50-microm fiber having 2000

MHz-km effective modal bandwidth (EMB also known as laser bandwidth) at 850

nm (designed for 10-Gbitsec transmission) and most recently OM4 for laser-

optimized 50-microm fiber having 4700 MHz-km EMB at 850 nm designed for 10-Gbit

sec transmission over longer distances

OM4 with its extended bandwidth can be used to enhance the system-cost

benefits enabled by 850 nm lasers for 10-Gbitsec applications as well as new

40- and 100-Gbitsec systems With its 150 m reach capability at 40 and 100

Gbitsec OM4 will support an additional 10 percent of link lengths in large data

centers that are not covered by OM3rsquos 100 m reach It is especially well-suited

for short reach data center and high-performance computing applications whereoptical loss budgets are tight at 10-Gbitsec and higher The additional bandwidth

provided when OM4 fiber is deployed at less than its rated distance offers extra

headroom for channel insertion loss

Itrsquos also important to note that for next-generation 40- and 100-Gbitsec

Ethernet only OM3 and OM4 fibers are included in the IEEE 8023ba standard

as supported (multimode optical fiber) media OM1 and OM2 fibers are not

supported media types

The latest offerings in multimode fiber are 50 microm bend insensitive multimode

fibers (BIMMF) These fibers have been promoted as offering all the advantages

of high bandwidth laser-optimized multimode fiber with the added advantage

of lower bend sensitivity However recent work has shown that some of these

fibers may have significant performance issues A paper presented at the 2010

International Wire and Cable Symposium (IWCS) showed that mating (connector)

loss of BIMMFs with standard fibers is higher than standard fiber connected to

standard fiber This additional loss adds to the total link loss possibly causing itto exceed the link loss budget

Another recent study examined issues with the system performance of bend

insensitive fibers and questioned whether current requirements are adequate

It has been proposed that standards organizations perform a thorough review of

BIMMFs and incorporate them into industry standards Until this work is done

caution is advised before widespread adoption takes place

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1632

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

6

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

Upgrading a 625-microm network

The primary considerations for an upgrade or extension of an existing 625-microm

network are

the required transmission speed (now and especially in the future)

link distance

ease of cable replacement and

cost of cable replacement

If you are running Gigabit Ethernet (1-Gbitsec) then legacy 625-microm fiber will

transmit a distance of 220 to 275 meters depending on its bandwidth ratingBut at 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10-GbE 10-Gbitssec) they will only support 26 to

33 meters If your network will not need to support 10-GbE at distances greater

than 25 meters then you may be able to stick with 625-microm fiber It is important

to note however that most 625-microm fiber has not been measured for laser

bandwidth and some legacy fiber may have difficulty supporting even this short

distance

And if you want to transmit longer distances over 625-microm fiber you will be

forced to use much-more-expensive 1300-nm transceivers that will operate over

multimode or singlemode fiber These transceivers cost significantly more than

850-nm multimode devices because the 1300-nm optoelectronics package is the

far more complex of the two

If you are considering extending your network by installing additional 625-microm

fiber you need to carefully review your future network plans If you plan to

upgrade your network speed to 10-Gbitssec in the future recabling with laser-

optimized OM3 or OM4 fiber would be a wiser choice

Measuring laser bandwidth

As previously stated 625-microm fiber provides limited support for 10-Gbitsec

transmission so it generally is not measured for laser bandwidth (EMB) Typically

only 50-microm fibers are measured for EMB To verify bandwidth of 625-microm fiber

the traditional OFL bandwidth measurement method is used

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1732

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

7

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

For 50-microm fibers EMB is ensured by using a method called Differential Mode

Delay (DMD) This DMD test is required by standards to verify 10-Gbitsec

performance and involves scanning the fiberrsquos core in small increments to see

how the signal travels in various regions of the core

Once the DMD test is conducted and a DMD ldquoprofilerdquo is obtained the standards

allow two methods to disposition the fiber One is the DMD Mask method and the

other is the Effective Modal Bandwidth Calculated (EMBc) method

The DMD Mask method provides direct verification of the fiberrsquos DMD

performance using a set of clearly defined DMD masks and templates that are

overlaid on the DMD profile This technique provides flexibility in applying more-stringent DMD performance criteria in certain regions of the fiber including the

0-5microm center region

The EMBc method involves complex calculations involving 10 weighting

functions to represent the wide variety of 10-Gbitsec VCSELs available on the

market Theoretical in nature this technique does not in our opinion provide

the scrutiny on fiber quality and performance that the DMD Mask technique

does The EMBc method puts little emphasis on the 0-5microm region of a fiberrsquos

core Though standards allow both testing methods we advocate the DMD

Mask method

Mixing 50- and 625-microm

If you decide to add 50-microm fiber to an existing 625-microm infrastructure connecting

50-microm directly to 625-microm is generally not recommended The difference in core

sizes could cause high loss when transmitting from the 625-microm into the 50-

microm fiber Also the bandwidth of 625-microm fibers is typically much lower further

degrading system performance Even if a low-speed application operates over alink made up of mixed fiber types upgradeability will be severely compromised

This elevated-loss problem occurs when transmitting from the larger (625-microm) to

the smaller (50-microm) core It is comparable to a 4-inch water pipe connecting to a

3-inch pipe there is no problem going from the smaller pipe to the larger one but

going in the opposite direction can lead to a lot of lost water (or in this case light)

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1832

Making the switch from 625- to 50-micron fiber

8

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

The amount of connection loss you could experience is about 4 dB for a LED-

based system which fills the entire core of a 625-microm fiber and anywhere from 0

to 4 dB for a VCSEL-based system which only fills a portion of the core

Because most optical-loss test sets use LEDs you should plan for the worst and

assume you will see a 4-dB loss in one direction If your link budget can tolerate

this additional 4-dB loss then you can get away with connecting 50-microm directly

to 625-microm

The better scenario is to separate 50-microm from 625-microm with active electronics

such as a switch router or simple media converter

Mixing of 625-microm and 50-microm fiber is not recommended unless an electronics

interface is inserted into the link If 10-Gbitsec speeds are being installed 625-

microm fiber will only be able to support extremely short links and replacement is

recommended

John Kamino is Product Manager Multimode Fiber with OFS

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 1932

OFSrsquo LaserWave fiber exceeds the OM4 standard for

todayrsquos high-speed networks mdash and tomorrowrsquos Andsince LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the

0 ndash 5 micron range you get up to twice the bandwidth for

lasers that launch power in the fiberrsquos center Enjoy fast

reliable transmission and easier connectivity To learn more

ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsopticscomfiber

Get your network up tospeed with LaserWavereg fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2032Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

20

Compatibility issues with

bend-insensitive andstandard multimode

Lab testing indicates risks associated with mixing

bend-insensitive and standard multimode fiber

By Rick Pimpinella Bulent Kose and Brett Lane

THE INCREASING DEMAND for higher-speed data transmission

within the data center and premises networks has led to the wide

deployment of multimode optical connectivity To meet performance

and reliability requirements the optical specifications on the

components have also become more stringent For high-speed optical networks

using laser-optimized OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber it is more critical than ever

for network operators and designers to understand the attributes of the various

performance grades of passive fiber-

optic components that make up the

network so that they may employ the

most cost-efficient solutions that meet

their needs today and in the future

In order to ensure that optical networks

operate effectively and reliably it isfundamental that the optical fiber

meets the necessary bandwidth

requirements and that the total optical

loss or insertion loss (IL) is below

the allowable limit required by the

application The two sources of IL

within optical networks are 1) loss at

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2132

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

21

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

connector interfaces and 2) loss or attenuation within the fiber itself The IL

limits for 10- 40- and 100-Gbitsec Ethernet are in the table below

The combination of

eroding insertion loss

budgets and increased

demands for complex

network architectures

with many

connector interfaces

has triggered several fiber and connectivity suppliers to develop improved

connectivity and fiber products that allow network architectures to cope withthese trends Specifically several connectivity suppliers now offer low-loss or

optimized passive fiber-optic components such as connectors cassettes and

patch cords that allow them to implement complex networks with numerous

connector interfaces while still meeting the maximum connector loss budget

Moreover although the intrinsic fiber attenuation has not been reduced

significantly over the past many years recent advancements in fiber production

have delivered extra headroom by significantly improving attenuation levels

under tightly bent conditions even in those cases in which the fiber is

unintentionally subjected to bends smaller than that allowed with the ANSI

TIA-568-C0 premises cabling standard This article reviews how this new type of

laser-optimized multimode fiber often called bend-insensitive or bend-optimized

integrates into todayrsquos data center and premises network

Achieving bend-optimization

It is well known that in order to produce a fiber with improved bend performance

it must be made to more tightly confine the light within its core region Thismodification allows more of the light to meet the conditions necessary for

total internal reflection as the fiber is bent Enhanced optical confinement

is accomplished by simply increasing the effective difference in the index of

refraction between the core and cladding regions This is typically accomplished

by introducing an index depression or trench in the cladding region close to the

fiber core

Applicationstandard

Minoperatingdistance

(m)

Maxconnectorloss (dB)

Max fiberattenuation

(dB)

Max totalIL budget

(dB)

0-Gbitsec Ethernet 300 15 11 26

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM3)

100 15 04 19

40- and 100-Gbit

sec Ethernet (OM4)

150 1 05 15

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2232

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2332

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

23

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

conditions necessary for total internal reflection (ie rays with larger angles)

light emerging from bend-optimized multimode fiber will have a larger angle on

average than light emerging from standard multimode fiber The parameter that

characterizes the maximum divergence or acceptance angle of light from or to

a fiber is called numerical aperture (NA) Therefore the NA of bend-optimized

multimode is generally expected to be greater on average than the NA of

standard multimode A thorough sampling across multiple fiber manufacturers

revealed that the average NA increased

from 0199 for standard multimode fiber to

0207 for bend-optimized multimode fiber

Although this moderate increase in NAappears insignificant in some situations

the optical loss across an optical fiber

interface (eg connector) is dependent on

the differences in NAs of the fibers In the

case that light fully populates the fiber

core such as when illuminated with an

LED and is coupled from a fiber with a

higher NA into a receiver with a lower NA

the light will diverge at an angle larger

than the acceptance angle of the receive

fiber This will result in some light being

lost (into the cladding) and the interface will have loss proportional to the NA

difference (ratio) between the two fibers

Consequently increased loss may be realized when light travels from bend-

optimized multimode fiber into standard multimode fiber In fact the expected

loss across a bend-optimized fiber with an NA of 0207 and a standard fiber withan NA of 0199 is 034 dB which is a significant portion of the overall IL budget

In the case that light travels from a fiber with a lower NA into a receiver with a

higher NA or light does not fully illuminate the fiber core no loss resulting from

the difference in fiber NAs is expected

NA loss measurements

To predict the NA loss that would be realized during link certification

2 4 6

MMF LED

MMF VCSEL

8 10

3

25

2

15

1

05

0

Bend loss (1 m) (dB)

Mandrel radius (mm)

BO-MMF LED

BO-MMF VCSEL

Measured bend loss at 850 nm

representative of bend-optimized and

standard multimode fiber using both

LED and VCSEL light source Fibers were

wrapped one turn around 10 different

mandrels with radii ranging from 25mm to

10 mm

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2432

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

24

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

measurements of an optical

channel with bend-optimized

and standard fiber interfaces

a series of standard IL

measurements were performed

on selected bend-optimized

and standard fibers Fiber

samples from several fiber

manufacturers were selected

with a wide range of NAs in

order to provide not only a

typical NA loss from fibers withaverage NA but also provide

an upper and lower limit of

NA loss that may be expected

when connecting dissimilar

multimode fiber types without knowledge of NA differences Several fibers were

selected of each fiber typendashsome with an average NA some with a low NA and

some with a high NA The table on page 25 summarizes the samples used for this

experiment and the theoretically expected NA loss from each connection

For these measurements the various bend-optimized fiber samples were

fusion spliced to the various standard multimode fiber samples A fusion

splicer was used to connect dissimilar fiber types instead of connectors in

order to minimize other loss contributors such as lateral offset and connector

termination processing The insertion loss of the connection was calculated by

injecting light meeting the new TIAEIA-526-14-B encircled flux specification

into the bend-optimized fiber and then measuring the power coupled out of

the standard fiber Subtracting this power level from the reference power levelmeasured previously as the amount of power coupled into the bend-optimized

fiber resulted in the IL or NA loss of the connection All aspects of these

measurements were in compliance with TIAEIA-45-171A (eg diameter and

placement of cladding mode strippers)

The measurement data is shown in the chart on page 25 Each data point

represents the average of the NA losses for a set of fibers for each NA

Bend-optimizedMMF core

NA = sinq1

MMF coreα

NABO-MMF gt NAstd-MMF

This illustration shows a mismatch in NA when connecting

a fiber with a large NA (left) to a fiber with a small NA(right) Because the receive fiber on the right has a smaller

NA some light is not coupled and instead is lost into the

cladding This loss is referred to as NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2532

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

25

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

combination From this data

connecting dissimilar fiber types

with average NAs confirms the

theoretically predicted NA loss of

approximately 040 dB Additionally

the upper and lower limits of NA

loss were measured to be 028

dB and 106 dB Although these

average and extreme NA losses

are fairly well correlated with the

theoretically predicted NA loss

other measured values deviatesignificantly from the theoretically

predicted value This suggests that

factors other than NA such as core

diameter index profile and mode structure also significantly influence the loss

when connecting bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber As a result the

light does not couple with 100 percent efficiency between fibers and therefore an

additional mode coupling loss must exist

In fact in the case that bend-optimized fiber samples with the identical NA but

manufactured from different suppliers were connected to standard fibers with

NA equal to 0200 the NA loss differs significantly from vendor to vendor The

average NA loss from Vendor A bend-optimized interfaces nearly exactly matched

the theoretical NA loss of 030 dB while the average NA loss from Vendor B

bend-optimized interfaces was much higher at 051 dB (see graph on page 26) As

expected the bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B were found to be more bend-

tolerant than those from Vendor A

In addition to realizing

unidirectional NA

loss an increase in the

modal noise penalty

may also result

when connecting

bend-optimized and

1000 0975 0950 0925 0900 0875 0850

14

12

10

08

06

04

02

00

NA ratio

NA loss (dB)

The black line shows the theoretical loss of connected

fibers with different NA and the dots represent

actual measured loss The results suggest factorsother than NA also influence loss when connecting

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber

NA (BO-MMF)to NA (MMF)combination

NA (BO-MMF) NA (MMF) NA ratio Theoreticalloss (dB)

Average to Average 0207 0199 0961 034

Large to Average 0215 0199 0926 067

Large to Small 0215 0185 086 131

Average to Small 0207 0185 0894 098

Small to Small 0199 0185 0928 063

Large to Large 0215 0212 0986 012

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2632

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

26

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

standard multimode fiber Modal noise is a power penalty related to the reduction

in the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the optical signal For high-speed networks

employing VCSELs if a connector selectively attenuates higher-order modes as a

result of NA mismatch or a lateral offset between fiber cores then fluctuations in

the power distribution (spatial speckle pattern) result in fluctuations in connector

insertion loss This fluctuation is seen by the detector as an increase in noise

thereby reducing the SNR and therefore signal quality

The maximum allowed power penalty for modal noise is currently specified

in 10GBase-SR to be 03 dB Both NA loss and mode coupling loss can increase

the mode-selective loss (filter aperture) at a connector interface resulting in an

increase in modal noise Considering the overall power budget for 10G40G100GEthernet is 15 dB (or 10 dB for OM4) any

increase in modal noise may compromise

system reliability

In conclusion inconclusive

As part of our review of how bend-

optimized multimode fiber is integrating

in todayrsquos data center and premises

networks we measured the loss between

bend-insensitive and standard multimode

fibers to quantify the expected additional

loss during certification of mixed-fiber

links These additional losses were

measured to be as high as 1 dB and can

be a significant portion ofndashor even actually

exceedndashthe total optical power budget

for todayrsquos high-speed networks For a channel link that contains several bend-optimized fiber and multimode fiber interfaces which have large NA differences

the NA losses may be additive and further inhibit system certification

Furthermore although NA loss alone is unlikely to detrimentally influence

system performance it may be very difficult if not impossible to determine if

excessive channel loss is due to NA differences or other conventional sources

of loss such as macrobending or dirtydamaged components One strategy to

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

Vendor A BO-MMF

Vendor B BO-MMF

BO-MMF1

to MMF2

07

06

05

04

03

02

01

00

Measured NA loss (dB)

Bend-optimized fibers from Vendor B shown

here as the blue bars were found to be more

bend-tolerant than the bend-optimized fibers

from Vendor A shown as the green bars

The more-optimized fibers exhibited higher

NA loss

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2732

Compatibility issues with bend-insensitive and standard multimode

27

Cabling Installation amp Maintenance EDITORIAL GUIDE

account for this loss would be to require bidirectional loss measurements of

individual optical interfaces

During the most recent meeting of the TIA TR-4212 Optical Fibers and Cable

Subcommittee a vigorous debate included many of the topics discussed in this

article and others including increased NA loss mode coupling loss modal

noise (which may negatively impact system performance) the validity of other

standardized fiber test procedures for fiber core diameter fiber bandwidth and

link attenuation (encircled flux) The subcommittee authorized the formation of

a task group to study the technical compatibility of bend-insensitive multimode

fiber with current multimode fiber standards

Based on our internal analysis and the present uncertain position within the

standards community we have concluded that the performance risks of mixing

bend-optimized and standard multimode fiber types in high-speed optical

channel links exceeds any benefit To ensure that total optical loss across data

center and premises networks remains below the allowable limit we recommend

adhering to standards-based radius-control methods and the use of one fiber

type throughout the channel link which includes cabling and patch cords This

approach enables network stakeholders to reliably deploy complex network

architectures meet stringent IL budgets and ensure optimal system performance

within current standards-based network architectures and testing methods

Some manufacturers support this effort others minimize its importance Until

the TIA subcommittee work on these issues is complete we recommend that

these two fiber types should not presently be mixed

Dr Rick Pimpinella is a Distinguished Engineer Bulent Kose is a ResearchEngineer and Dr Brett Lane is a Fiber Research Manager with Panduit

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2832

As the demand for bandwidth in

enterprise applications such as

data centers continues to

boom new transmission media

must be developed continually

to meet end user requirementsThe latest in optical transmis-

sion media for the enterprise is

called OM4 fiber

OM4 fiber is a 50 micron (microm)

laser-optimized multimode fiber

with extended bandwidth It is

designed to enhance the sys-

tem cost benefits enabled by

850 nm Vertical Cavity Surface

Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) for existing 1 and 10 Gbs applica-

tions as well as future 40 and

100 Gbs systems

Supporting Ethernet Fibre

Channel and OIF applications

OM4 fiber allows extended

reach upwards of 550 meters at

10 Gbs for ultra long building

backbones and medium lengthcampus backbones It offers an

Effective Modal Bandwidth

(EMB) of 4700 MHz-km more

than double the IEEE require-

ment for 10 Gbs 300 meter

support

To help you use this advanced

fiber to its greatest advantage

this paper describes the tech-

nology behind OM4 fiber high-

lights the key differences with

other fiber types and explains

how its high bandwidth is

ensured through stringentmeasurement methods

Multimode Fiber Basics

Compared to single-mode

fibers multimode fibers have

larger cores that as their name

implies guide multiple ldquomodesrdquo

or rays of light simultaneously

Modes that travel at the outside

edge of the core have a longer

distance to go than modes thattravel near the center

The corersquos graded index profile

is designed to slow down

modes that have a shorter dis-

tance to travel so that all modes

arrive at the end of the fiber as

close in time as possible This

minimizes modal dispersion

also known as differential mode

delay (DMD) and maximizes

bandwidth which is the amount

of information that can travel

through the fiber per unit of

time

In addition to their large core

multimode fibers have a large

Numerical Aperture (NA) the

maximum angle at which a fiber

can accept the light that will be

transmitted through it This

allows them to work with rela-

tively low-cost optical compo-

nents and light sources such as

light-emitting diodes (LEDs)and VCSELs

Multimode Fiber Options

Multimode products are identi-

fied by the OM (ldquooptical multi-

moderdquo) designation as outlined

in the ISOIEC 11801 interna-

tional cabling standard (see

table 1)

OM4 - The Next Generation

of Multimode Fiber Tony Irujo

Sales Engineer

OPTICAL FIBER IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS

Table 1 ISOIEC 11801 OM designations

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 2932

OM4 fiber is the latest develop-

ment in this series It is espe-

cially well suited for shorter

reach data center and high per-

formance computing applica-

tions where optical loss budg-

ets are tight at 10 Gbs (and

are expected to get even tighter

at 40 Gbs and 100 Gbs) Thehigh bandwidth provided by

OM4 fiber when deployed at

less than its rated distance

offers extra ldquoheadroomrdquo for

channel insertion loss

OM4 is backward compatible

with applications calling for OFL

bandwidth of at least 500 MHz-

km at 1300 nm (eg FDDI

IEEE 100BASE-FX

1000BASE-LX 10GBASE-LX4

and 10GBASE-LRM)

The latest offerings in multi-

mode fiber are 50 983221m bend

insensitive multimode fibers

(BIMMF) These fibers have

been promoted as offering all

the advantages of high band-

width laser-optimized multi-mode fiber with the added

advantage of lower bend sensi-

tivity

However recent work has

pointed to some areas of con-

cern with these fibers Studies

have identified issues with the

characterization of bend insen-

sitive fibers and questioned

whether current requirements

are adequate to guarantee sys-

tem performance Additional

studies have shown that mating

(connector) loss of BIMMFs

with standard fibers is higher

than with standard fibers con-

nected to each other This addi-

tional loss adds to the total link

loss

It has been proposed that stan-

dards organizations perform a

thorough review of BIMMFs

and incorporate them into

industry standards Until this

work is done some caution is

advised before widespread

adoption takes place

What Makes OM4 Different

Like OM3 multimode fiber OM4

fiber is considered to be ldquolaser-

optimizedrdquo or optimized for use

with VCSEL light sources OM3

and OM4 fibers are designed

and manufactured in such a

way as to get the most perform-

ance out of VCSELs compared

to LEDs That is why laser-opti-

mized fibers are specified using

Laser Bandwidth or EMB

OM2 fiber although compatible

with VCSELs is not considered

to be laser-optimized OM2

fiber is intended for use with

LED sources at speeds of 10 or

100 Mbs or for shorter reach 1

Gbs networks You can use

OM2 fiber with VCSELs but itsperformance is limited to 550

meters at 1 Gbs and only 82

meters at 10 Gbs compared to

OM4 fiberrsquos

reach of over

1000 meters

at 1 Gbs and

550 meters at

10 Gbs

As discussed

the speed at

which each

mode travels

down a multi-

mode fiberrsquos

core depends

on its refrac-

tive index

which is gov-

erned by the amount of chemi-

cal dopant Germanium at that

location in the core Because

modes traveling down the cen-

ter of the core have shorter dis-

tance to travel than those trav-

eling along the edge the refrac-

tive index profile in a multimode

fiber must be ldquogradedrdquo in a par-abolic manner across the core

This slows down the modes

that have a shorter distance to

travel equalizing the arrival

time of all the modes

The better the modes are

equalized the higher the band-

width of the fiber Mode equal-

ization depends on how well

the graded index profile is con-

structed during fiber manufac-

turing The more precise the

refractive index profile is in

terms of shape curvature and

smoothness (free of dips

spikes or defects) the better

the modes will be equalized

(see Figure 2)

OM4 fiber with its higher band-width has an extremely precise

refractive index profile virtually

free of perturbations or defects

Figure 2 A refractive index profile optimized for shape curvature

and smoothness maximizes bandwidth

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3032

In order to make such a precise

fiber one needs to use a pre-

form manufacturing process

that has exceptional control

over the amount of Germanium

that is incorporated at particular

sub-micron positions within the

fiberrsquos core An example of a

process that lends itself to this

level of control is OFSrsquo propri-

etary MCVD process in which

each layer of the core is

deposited and sintered individu-

ally providing the utmost in

refractive index precision and

uniformity

OM4 Fiber Standards

Two standards define the useof OM4 fiber in high-speed net-

works TIA document TIA-

492AAAD which contains the

OM4 fiber performance specifi-

cations and the IEC 60793-2-

10 international standard which

provides equivalent OM4 speci-

fications under fiber type A1a3

ISOIEC 11801 will add OM4

fiber as an industry-recognized

fiber type and IEEE 8023bafor 40G and 100G Ethernet will

include OM4 fiber as an option

that provides a reach of 150

meters (50 percent greater than

OM3)

There was discussion and

debate within the standards

groups about a minimum OFL

bandwidth requirement at 850nm Although current applica-

tions primarily use 850 nm

VCSEL lasers with fibers that

are specified to a minimum

EMB there was good reason to

also establish a minimum 850

nm OFL bandwidth specifica-

tion It has been shown that

fibers with higher OFL band-

width will perform better with

VCSELs that launch more

power into outer modes That is

why the existing OM3 fiber

standards require a minimum

1500 MHz-km OFL bandwidthat 850 nm

For OM4 fiber OFS and others

in the standards group strongly

recommended at least 3500

MHz-km OFL bandwidth in

order to ensure the utmost per-

formance and reliability ulti-

mately that is the specification

that was agreed upon

Measuring Laser Bandwidth

Bandwidth performance of OM4

fiber is ensured using the same

criteria as OM3 but to much

tighter specifications Due to a

challenge posed when the now-

familiar VCSEL was first intro-

duced new measurement

methods had to be developed

to verify laser bandwidth of OM3 and OM4 fibers

Unlike an LED laser VCSELs

produce an energy output that

is not uniform it can change

sharply across the face of the

output Whatrsquos more each laser

fills a different set of light paths

in each fiber and does so with

differing amounts of power in

each path Overfilled bandwidth

measurements used to meas-

ure LED bandwidth could not

emulate the operation of aVCSEL

The standards allow two ways

to measure and verify laser

bandwidth the DMD Mask

Method and the EMBc Method

Both methods require DMD

testing -- the difference lies in

how the DMD data is used and

interpreted

In DMD testing small high-

powered laser pulses are trans-

mitted through the fiber in tiny

steps across the entire core of

the fiber Only a few modes are

excited at each step and their

arrival times are recorded The

DMD of the fiber is the differ-

ence between the earliest and

the latest arrival times of allmodes at all steps

DMD measurement is currently

the only reliable method for ver-

ifying bandwidth required for 10

Gbs performance because it is

the only method that checks all

modes across the fiber core

independently For that reason

Figure 3 DMD testing measures how different VCSELs fill different modes in each

fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3132

industry associations such as

TIAEIA and ISOIEC have pub-

lished standards for DMD

measurement and DMD specifi-

cations for laser-optimized mul-

timode fiber

The DMD Mask Method is a

simple process that directlycompares DMD test results

against a set of specifications

(called templates or masks) to

see if the fiber has the neces-

sary performance

This is a straightforward graphi-

cal approach to ensuring the

data pulses do not spread

excessively beyond therequired 10 Gbs bit period If

the fiber passes these DMD

specs then you are assured of

at least 2000 MHz-km EMB no

matter which VCSEL you use

(as long as the VCSEL is com-

pliant)

The EMBc Method is an indi-

rect and more complex

process It takes the DMD

results and matches them

against a set of theoretical

weighting functions that are

intended to represent the

launch distributions of all com-

pliant VCSELs

The DMD results are combined

mathematically with each of the

10 weighting functions This

produces 10 different EMBc

values the lowest of which is

called minEMBc The minEMBc

value is then multiplied by a

factor of 113 to obtain the

fiberrsquos EMB value If this EMB

value is gt 2000 MHz-km thefiber is deemed compliant with

OM3 requirements and there-

fore should support 300 meters

at 10 Gbs

Due to all the complex calcula-

tions required by the EMBc

method and the fact that the

weighting functions only repre-

sent a sampling of the launch

characteristics of the many

VCSELs that could actually be

used in a real system the

EMBc method does not provide

the same scrutiny on fiber qual-

ity and performance as the

DMD Mask technique Whatrsquos

more the EMBc method virtual-ly ignores the center 0 ndash 5 983221m

(radial) region of a fiberrsquos core

because the weighting func-

tions put little emphasis in this

region

Conclusion

OM4 fiber provides next-gener-

ation multimode fiber perform-

ance for today and tomorrowrsquoshigh speed applications With

its significantly higher band-

width network designers and

operators can be assured that

multimode fiber will continue to

provide the most cost effective

solutions for short reach appli-

cations in data centers and

LANs

Copyright copy 2011 Furukawa Electric North America All rights reserved printed in USA

For additional information visit our website at wwwofsopticscomofs-fiber or call 1-888-fiber-

help For regional assistance contact

North America Asia Pacific

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +852 2836 7102

Toll Free 800-799-7732 Fax +852 2836 7101

Fax 508-347-1211 E-mail fibersalesapofsopticscomE-mail fibersalesnarofsopticscom

Caribbean Latin America Japan

Telephone 508-347-8590 Telephone +81-3-3286-3424

Fax 508-347-1211 Fax +81-3-3286-3708 or 3190

E-mail fibersalescalaofsopticscom E-mail fibersalesjapanofsopticscom

Europe Middle East Africa China

Telephone +45-43 48 3736 Telephone +86 10 6505 3660

Fax +45 4348 3444 Fax +86 10 65059515

E-mail ofssalesdkofsopticscom E-mail fibersaleschinaofsopticscom

OFS reserves the right to make changes to the prices

and product(s) described in this document in the

interest of improving internal design operational

function andor reliability

This document is for informational purposes only

and is not intended to modify or supplement any

OFS warranties or specifications relating to any of

its products or services

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber

892019 Considerations for Selecting and Using Multimode Fiber

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullconsiderations-for-selecting-and-using-multimode-fiber 3232

About OFSOFS is a world-leading designer manufacturer and provider of optical fiber

optical fiber cable FTTX optical connectivity and specialty photonics products

Our manufacturing and research divisions work together to provide innovative

products and solutions that traverse many different applications as they linkpeople and machines worldwide Between continents between cities around

neighborhoods and into homes and businesses of digital consumers we provide

the right optical fiber optical cable and components for efficient cost-effective

transmission

OFSrsquo corporate lineage dates back to 1876 and includes technology powerhouses

such as ATampT (NYSE T) and Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent NYSE

ALU) Today OFS is owned by Furukawa Electric a multi-billion dollar global

leader in optical communications Headquartered in Norcross (near Atlanta)Georgia US OFS is a global provider with facilities in Avon Connecticut

Carrollton Georgia Somerset New Jersey and Sturbridge Massachusetts as well

as in Denmark Germany and Russia

wwwofsopticscom

LINKS

LaserWavereg Laser-Optimized OM4OM3 Fibers

Multimode or Single-Mode Fiber

Measuring Bandwidth of 10G Laser-optimized Multimode Fiber